<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dm</id>
	<title>innovaphone wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dm"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Dm"/>
	<updated>2026-04-14T05:25:34Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=76453</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=76453"/>
		<updated>2025-04-23T10:29:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Release dates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Where is my old my.innovaphone?==&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t worry, just login with your old my.innovaphone account! You will be asked to confirm your forename and surname (just a &#039;&#039;&#039;natural person&#039;&#039;&#039; is allowed) and accept some terms and conditions.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards you find the old license/device view inside the [[#Licenses tab| Licenses tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About==&lt;br /&gt;
my.innovaphone allows the handling of licenses and includes the handling of device warranty and software service agreements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also sign contracts here for different purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (partially)&lt;br /&gt;
* Polish (partially)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;I would like to create a new personal user account&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my.innovaphone company with the &amp;quot;Create company account&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to invite your email address to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Inside the license tab of the my.innovaphone portal, you will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Left bar==&lt;br /&gt;
If you open the left bar, you have the options to:&lt;br /&gt;
* select one of your companies&lt;br /&gt;
* edit your personal user account&lt;br /&gt;
** user name&lt;br /&gt;
** email address&lt;br /&gt;
** flag to recieve SSA expiry emails&lt;br /&gt;
** password&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new company&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone bar.png|center|thumb|200px|myinnovaphone_bar.png/|myinnovaphone_bar.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Main tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
Inside each company you see the three main tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
* Authorized persons&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses (see [[#Licenses tab| Licenses tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also have two buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add Contract (just as company administrator or with the contract right)&lt;br /&gt;
* Invite person (just as company administrator)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone main.png|center|thumb|200px|myinnovaphone_main.png/|myinnovaphone_main.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Inside the contracts tab, you see all your contracts and you can download these conracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In general, contracts must be first approved by innovaphone, so you see three types of contracts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* open contracts which must be approved by innovaphone first&lt;br /&gt;
* approved contracts which can be already used&lt;br /&gt;
* cancelled contracts which are not valid anymore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone contracts.png|center|thumb|200px|myinnovaphone_contracts.png/|myinnovaphone_contracts.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These type of contracts currently exist:&lt;br /&gt;
==== innovaphone myApps Cloud Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
Conclude this contract to use the innovaphone myApps Cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== innovaphone software rental ====&lt;br /&gt;
Conclude this contract to rent innovaphone software products. You must conclude this contract if you want to use the software rental inside the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Authorized persons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see all persons which exist inside your company. Each person can have the following rights:&lt;br /&gt;
* Administrator (everything)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contracts (can conclude contracts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses (can work with licenses)&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewer (can just see everything without doing something)&lt;br /&gt;
* Locked (cannot even login to this company anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licenses ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here comes the old my.innovaphone view which allows the handling of devices, licenses, activation keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search (inside licenses tab)==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the licenses tab you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Hardware rental orders (part of the innovaphone order number or your own order reference or a MAC address of an order)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for products, e.g. 01-00811 für IP811 (such a search may take longer!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses tab==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|overview.jpg/|overview.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Rental project ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also manually create a rental project. A rental project is normally created automatically by uploading an activation key inside the Devices App.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
But if you want to start directly with an Automatic iSC reloading service, you&#039;ll need to create the project manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Take care that the name &#039;&#039;&#039;equals&#039;&#039;&#039; the domain name in your Devices App.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental tab in your Devices App domain doesn&#039;t show the expected balance/Automatic iSC reloading contract/licenses etc., you may use the Devices App Guid Link mechanism to link the domain to this specific project (see below) (use Devices App &#039;&#039;&#039;13r3 SR12&#039;&#039;&#039; or higher!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Devices App GUID link: This is a GUID which can be entered in the settings of a domain inside the Devices App to link the domain to this specific project, if the names do not match and/or the Devices App has been setup from scratch. The Devices App must use the customer to which this projects belongs to be able to use this GUID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|ssa_extend.jpg/|ssa_extend.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[#Release dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
 Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[#Company| Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[#Company 2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|project_rights.jpg/|project_rights.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[#Software Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rental====&lt;br /&gt;
Projects starting and ending with the &#039;&#039;&#039;$&#039;&#039;&#039; sign in their name are rental projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The name corresponds to the domain name of a Devices App installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All software licensing and device management can be just done through the Devices App itself, see [[Reference13r1:Concept_App_Service_Devices#Rental_program_and_Payment_method]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Just &#039;&#039;&#039;hardware licenses&#039;&#039;&#039; still need to be bound inside my.innovaphone currently and have to be downloaded there and uploaded on the device itself just as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|balancepage.jpg/|balancepage.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|balance_free_lics.jpg/|balance_free_lics.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|activations.jpg/|activations.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|created_activations.jpg/|created_activations.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|own_activations_update.jpg/|own_activations_update.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|devices_page.jpg/|devices_page.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[#Move device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[#Image explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For this option to work, you have to link your innovaphone customer ID (5 digits) to your my.innovaphone company. (As the warranty is also the one we grant to our distributors, we don&#039;t want to get an end customer confused.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|licenses.jpg/|licenses.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|licenses2.jpg/|licenses2.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[#Release dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|licenses_free.jpg/|licenses_free.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[#Software Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|add_warranty.jpg/|add_warranty.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|device_download.jpg/|device_download.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|device_download_test.jpg/|device_download_test.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important: Since V11, trial licenses are valid for 3 months and can be released once for a dedicated device. After expiration of those 3 months no further trial license creation for this device is possible.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download App development license=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re an App developer, you have the possibility, to generate a real license for you Apps which will contain your manufacturer prefix.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The manufacturer prefix has to deposited at your my.innovaphone company by innovaphone before you can use this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can just have up to &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; different devices per company for which you can create such licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
 These licenses aren&#039;t allowed for production usage!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see your already used MAC addresses on this page too if you already created such licenses before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Mix of rental and purchased licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;&#039;13r2 SR12&#039;&#039;&#039; onwards you can mix rental and purchased licenses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A device with rental licenses will be always inside a rental project (you recognize such a project by it&#039;s starting and ending &#039;&#039;&#039;$&#039;&#039;&#039; in the name).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can now add licenses from the balance to a device in such a rental project.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you invalidate lifetime licenses on such a device, just purchased licenses are returned. Rental licenses stay bound until you remove them inside your Devices App! (under rental menu)&lt;br /&gt;
Inside my.innovaphone you will always see both rental and purchased licenses. Inside the Devices App, you will just see the rental licenses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You must download and/or install the purchased licenses as usual.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A 13r1 PBX or a PBX with an older SR will just recognize rented licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 If your PBX is already inside a non rental project, it will be automatically added to a rental project if you add rental licenses. You then may have the device in two different projects (one rental, one normal), which is no issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[#Software Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
====Returning of licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the invalidation, licenses are returned to the free balance of the project to which the device belongs in the Portal my.innovaphone.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can then bind the licenses from the free balance to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinterface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* no &#039;In House&#039; licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[#Upload the invalidation document to return licenses|here]] (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices (select the corresponding device)-&amp;gt;Invalidation)&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices (select the corresponding device)-&amp;gt;Invalidation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|history.jpg/|history.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users SSA expiry email flag, import other companies or add your companies innovaphone ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can just edit the SSA expiry email flag here. The other user settings moved to the [[#Authorized Persons| Authorized persons tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[#SSA Expiry Mail| project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[#SSA Expiry Mail| SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|rma.jpg/|rma.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open cases and [[Understanding the innovaphone trouble ticket status page#Information available| additional info regarding their state]] in our ticket system. This list is composed of all tickets assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Often used functions:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can click on the ticket number (&amp;quot;ID&amp;quot; column) to open an email prepared with the right emailadress and subject to address this case.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can click on the &#039;&#039;History&#039;&#039; link to get an overview of the already made communication with our support/presales-team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Another important new function is the option to upload larger files to your support/presales tickets using the &#039;&#039;Fileupload&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png|icon_in_company_inno_01.png/|icon_in_company_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png|icon_imported_inno_01.png/|icon_imported_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png|icon_not_found_inno_01.png/|icon_not_found_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png|icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png/|icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference13r2:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
my.innovaphone supports the following MAC address ranges:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-50-56-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-15-5d-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-03-ff-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-0d-3a-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-12-5a-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-17-fa-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-50-f2-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1d-d8-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-05-69-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1c-14-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-0c-29-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1d-db-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 5a-ad-1d-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 48-e9-ca-...&lt;br /&gt;
* bc-24-...&lt;br /&gt;
* e2-... &#039;&#039;this is an autogenerated MAC address of innovaphone cloud containers&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png|icon_several_companies_inno_01.png/|icon_several_companies_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png|icon_several_users_inno_01.png/|icon_several_users_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png|no_downgrade.png/|no_downgrade.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V13: May 13th 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V14: December 20th 2023&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V15: March 25th 2025&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Configure a trust value and a URL (can be a dummy URL if not used otherwise) unter Licenses -&amp;gt; Project -&amp;gt; Properties and tick &amp;quot;Configure Update-URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[#Properties| Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[#Properties|Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
:;[device_desc]: optional, a description for the new device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remove a device from a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;delDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds since 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create a new project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters: you must use the project_id and trust value of an already existing project!&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;createProject&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_name: the name of the new project&lt;br /&gt;
:;[project_desc]: optional, a description for the new project&lt;br /&gt;
:;[update_url]: optional, an update URL for the project (do not forget to URL encode the value inside your HTTP GET request!)&lt;br /&gt;
:;[ssa_due_date]: optional, a unix timestamp in seconds since 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;projectId: the project id of the created project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The newly created project is created with the same trust value which was used for the creation request. This allows you to directly use the API with the new project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internet Explorer doesn&#039;t work===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, that&#039;s correct. Please use an up to date version of Chrome, Firefox or Edge!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=76452</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=76452"/>
		<updated>2025-04-23T10:27:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Release dates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Where is my old my.innovaphone?==&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t worry, just login with your old my.innovaphone account! You will be asked to confirm your forename and surname (just a &#039;&#039;&#039;natural person&#039;&#039;&#039; is allowed) and accept some terms and conditions.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards you find the old license/device view inside the [[#Licenses tab| Licenses tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About==&lt;br /&gt;
my.innovaphone allows the handling of licenses and includes the handling of device warranty and software service agreements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also sign contracts here for different purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (partially)&lt;br /&gt;
* Polish (partially)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;I would like to create a new personal user account&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my.innovaphone company with the &amp;quot;Create company account&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to invite your email address to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Inside the license tab of the my.innovaphone portal, you will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Left bar==&lt;br /&gt;
If you open the left bar, you have the options to:&lt;br /&gt;
* select one of your companies&lt;br /&gt;
* edit your personal user account&lt;br /&gt;
** user name&lt;br /&gt;
** email address&lt;br /&gt;
** flag to recieve SSA expiry emails&lt;br /&gt;
** password&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new company&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone bar.png|center|thumb|200px|/Myinnovaphone_bar.png|myinnovaphone_bar.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Main tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
Inside each company you see the three main tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
* Authorized persons&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses (see [[#Licenses tab| Licenses tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also have two buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add Contract (just as company administrator or with the contract right)&lt;br /&gt;
* Invite person (just as company administrator)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone main.png|center|thumb|200px|/Myinnovaphone_main.png|myinnovaphone_main.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Inside the contracts tab, you see all your contracts and you can download these conracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In general, contracts must be first approved by innovaphone, so you see three types of contracts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* open contracts which must be approved by innovaphone first&lt;br /&gt;
* approved contracts which can be already used&lt;br /&gt;
* cancelled contracts which are not valid anymore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone contracts.png|center|thumb|200px|/Myinnovaphone_contracts.png|myinnovaphone_contracts.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These type of contracts currently exist:&lt;br /&gt;
==== innovaphone myApps Cloud Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
Conclude this contract to use the innovaphone myApps Cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== innovaphone software rental ====&lt;br /&gt;
Conclude this contract to rent innovaphone software products. You must conclude this contract if you want to use the software rental inside the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Authorized persons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see all persons which exist inside your company. Each person can have the following rights:&lt;br /&gt;
* Administrator (everything)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contracts (can conclude contracts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses (can work with licenses)&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewer (can just see everything without doing something)&lt;br /&gt;
* Locked (cannot even login to this company anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licenses ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here comes the old my.innovaphone view which allows the handling of devices, licenses, activation keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search (inside licenses tab)==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the licenses tab you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Hardware rental orders (part of the innovaphone order number or your own order reference or a MAC address of an order)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for products, e.g. 01-00811 für IP811 (such a search may take longer!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses tab==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Overview.jpg|overview.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Rental project ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also manually create a rental project. A rental project is normally created automatically by uploading an activation key inside the Devices App.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
But if you want to start directly with an Automatic iSC reloading service, you&#039;ll need to create the project manually.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Take care that the name &#039;&#039;&#039;equals&#039;&#039;&#039; the domain name in your Devices App.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental tab in your Devices App domain doesn&#039;t show the expected balance/Automatic iSC reloading contract/licenses etc., you may use the Devices App Guid Link mechanism to link the domain to this specific project (see below) (use Devices App &#039;&#039;&#039;13r3 SR12&#039;&#039;&#039; or higher!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Devices App GUID link: This is a GUID which can be entered in the settings of a domain inside the Devices App to link the domain to this specific project, if the names do not match and/or the Devices App has been setup from scratch. The Devices App must use the customer to which this projects belongs to be able to use this GUID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Ssa_extend.jpg|ssa_extend.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[#Release dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
 Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[#Company| Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[#Company 2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Project_rights.jpg|project_rights.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[#Software Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rental====&lt;br /&gt;
Projects starting and ending with the &#039;&#039;&#039;$&#039;&#039;&#039; sign in their name are rental projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The name corresponds to the domain name of a Devices App installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All software licensing and device management can be just done through the Devices App itself, see [[Reference13r1:Concept_App_Service_Devices#Rental_program_and_Payment_method]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Just &#039;&#039;&#039;hardware licenses&#039;&#039;&#039; still need to be bound inside my.innovaphone currently and have to be downloaded there and uploaded on the device itself just as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Balancepage.jpg|balancepage.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Balance_free_lics.jpg|balance_free_lics.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Activations.jpg|activations.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Created_activations.jpg|created_activations.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Own_activations_update.jpg|own_activations_update.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Devices_page.jpg|devices_page.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[#Move device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[#Image explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For this option to work, you have to link your innovaphone customer ID (5 digits) to your my.innovaphone company. (As the warranty is also the one we grant to our distributors, we don&#039;t want to get an end customer confused.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Licenses.jpg|licenses.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Licenses2.jpg|licenses2.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[#Release dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Licenses_free.jpg|licenses_free.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[#Software Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Add_warranty.jpg|add_warranty.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Device_download.jpg|device_download.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Device_download_test.jpg|device_download_test.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important: Since V11, trial licenses are valid for 3 months and can be released once for a dedicated device. After expiration of those 3 months no further trial license creation for this device is possible.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download App development license=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re an App developer, you have the possibility, to generate a real license for you Apps which will contain your manufacturer prefix.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The manufacturer prefix has to deposited at your my.innovaphone company by innovaphone before you can use this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can just have up to &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; different devices per company for which you can create such licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
 These licenses aren&#039;t allowed for production usage!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see your already used MAC addresses on this page too if you already created such licenses before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Mix of rental and purchased licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;&#039;13r2 SR12&#039;&#039;&#039; onwards you can mix rental and purchased licenses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A device with rental licenses will be always inside a rental project (you recognize such a project by it&#039;s starting and ending &#039;&#039;&#039;$&#039;&#039;&#039; in the name).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can now add licenses from the balance to a device in such a rental project.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you invalidate lifetime licenses on such a device, just purchased licenses are returned. Rental licenses stay bound until you remove them inside your Devices App! (under rental menu)&lt;br /&gt;
Inside my.innovaphone you will always see both rental and purchased licenses. Inside the Devices App, you will just see the rental licenses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You must download and/or install the purchased licenses as usual.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A 13r1 PBX or a PBX with an older SR will just recognize rented licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 If your PBX is already inside a non rental project, it will be automatically added to a rental project if you add rental licenses. You then may have the device in two different projects (one rental, one normal), which is no issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[#Software Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
====Returning of licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the invalidation, licenses are returned to the free balance of the project to which the device belongs in the Portal my.innovaphone.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can then bind the licenses from the free balance to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinterface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* no &#039;In House&#039; licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[#Upload the invalidation document to return licenses|here]] (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices (select the corresponding device)-&amp;gt;Invalidation)&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices (select the corresponding device)-&amp;gt;Invalidation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/History.jpg|history.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users SSA expiry email flag, import other companies or add your companies innovaphone ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can just edit the SSA expiry email flag here. The other user settings moved to the [[#Authorized Persons| Authorized persons tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[#SSA Expiry Mail| project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[#SSA Expiry Mail| SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|/Rma.jpg|rma.jpg/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open cases and [[Understanding the innovaphone trouble ticket status page#Information available| additional info regarding their state]] in our ticket system. This list is composed of all tickets assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Often used functions:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can click on the ticket number (&amp;quot;ID&amp;quot; column) to open an email prepared with the right emailadress and subject to address this case.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can click on the &#039;&#039;History&#039;&#039; link to get an overview of the already made communication with our support/presales-team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Another important new function is the option to upload larger files to your support/presales tickets using the &#039;&#039;Fileupload&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png|/Icon_in_company_inno_01.png|icon_in_company_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png|/Icon_imported_inno_01.png|icon_imported_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png|/Icon_not_found_inno_01.png|icon_not_found_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png|/Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png|icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference13r2:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
my.innovaphone supports the following MAC address ranges:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-50-56-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-15-5d-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-03-ff-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-0d-3a-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-12-5a-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-17-fa-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-50-f2-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1d-d8-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-05-69-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1c-14-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-0c-29-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1d-db-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 5a-ad-1d-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 48-e9-ca-...&lt;br /&gt;
* bc-24-...&lt;br /&gt;
* e2-... &#039;&#039;this is an autogenerated MAC address of innovaphone cloud containers&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png|/Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png|icon_several_companies_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png|/Icon_several_users_inno_01.png|icon_several_users_inno_01.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png|/No_downgrade.png|no_downgrade.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V13: May 13th 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V14: December 20th 2023&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V15: March 25th 2025&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Configure a trust value and a URL (can be a dummy URL if not used otherwise) unter Licenses -&amp;gt; Project -&amp;gt; Properties and tick &amp;quot;Configure Update-URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[#Properties| Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[#Properties|Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
:;[device_desc]: optional, a description for the new device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remove a device from a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;delDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds since 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create a new project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters: you must use the project_id and trust value of an already existing project!&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;createProject&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_name: the name of the new project&lt;br /&gt;
:;[project_desc]: optional, a description for the new project&lt;br /&gt;
:;[update_url]: optional, an update URL for the project (do not forget to URL encode the value inside your HTTP GET request!)&lt;br /&gt;
:;[ssa_due_date]: optional, a unix timestamp in seconds since 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;projectId: the project id of the created project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The newly created project is created with the same trust value which was used for the creation request. This allows you to directly use the API with the new project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internet Explorer doesn&#039;t work===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, that&#039;s correct. Please use an up to date version of Chrome, Firefox or Edge!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=61878</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=61878"/>
		<updated>2022-05-04T15:43:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Number of units in a pallet */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in kg and dimensions of packaging in mm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !! Net weight in kg !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm !! Dimensions without packaging in mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00011-001 || IP0011 || 0,80 || 1,06 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-001 || IP29 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-003 || IP29-2 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-004 || IP29-4 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-005 || IP29-8 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00038-001 || IP38 || 0,69 || 0,94 || 230 X 225 X 80 || 210 X 133 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00110-002 || IP110A || 0,39 || 0,73 || 225 X 205 X 70 || 190 X 160 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00101-001 || IP101 || 0,66 || 0,8 || 200 X 235 X 80 || 160 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00102-001 || IP102 || 0,66 || 0,8 || 200 X 235 X 80 || 160 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00111-001 || IP111 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00112-001 || IP112 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-001 || IP150 IP Phone|| 1,90 || 2,93 || 385 X 255 X 200 || 270 X 190 X 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-010 || Ferntel IP HH with Headphones || 3,26 || 6,00 || 400 x 305 x 335 || 195 x 295 x 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00200-002 || IPPhone200 || 0,63 || 1,16 || 320 X 224 X 100 || 220 X 220 X 85&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-001 || IP222 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-002 || IP222 (White) || 0,46 || 1,18 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00230-001 || IP230-X || 0,23 || 0,40 || 240 X 160 X 70 || 190 X 100 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-001 || IP232 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-002 || IP232 (White) || 0,52 || 1,21 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00240-003 || IP240 || 0,81 || 1,39 || 355 X 240 X 110 || 270 X 190 X 98&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00241-001 || IP241 || 0,80 || 1,36 || 335 X 240 X 110 || 268 X 190 X 100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-001 || IP2X2-X (Black) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-002 || IP2X2-X (White) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00302-001 || IP302 || 0,69 || 1,03 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00305-001 || IP305 || 0,69 || 1,02 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00311-001 || IP311 || 0,83 || 1,08 || 235x228x85 || 210x149x34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00411-001 || IP411 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00800-016 || IP800 || 1,30 || 1,80 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 185 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00811-001 || IP811 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00999-001 || IP800-RACK || 1,18 || 1,38 || 510 x 195 x 60 || 483 x 186 x 49&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-01130-001 || IP1130 || 1,03 || 1,28 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-03011-001 || IP3011 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-06010-002 || IP6010 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 213 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-06013-001 || IP6013 / IP6013 VOIP Gateway  || 2,00 || 2,20 || 310 X 230 X 400 || 270 X 210 X 350&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-002 || 12 V PSU with int. Adapter for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 110 X 94 X 70 || 77 X 35 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-004 || 12 V PSU for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 105 X 96 X 39 || 73 X 75 X 27&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-009 || mSata 32GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-010 || mSata 128GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-011 || mSata 256GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-231 || PoE Adapter Gigabit || 0,34 || 0,42 || 116 X 21 X 56 || 50 X 138 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-001 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 EU || 0,23 || 0,32 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 95 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-002 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 UK/US/AUS || 0,31 || 0,39 || 173x115x65 || 90x70x100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-005 || DECT Battery IP61/IP64 || 0,17 || 0,18 || 60 X 55 X 10 || 47 X 35 X 7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-006 || DECT Multicharger IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 1,66 || 1,88 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-007 || DECT Battery Multicharger IP62/IP63 || 1,48 || 1,7 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-008 || DECT Battery IP62 / IP63 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-009 || Dect Swivel Clip IP62 / IP63 / IP64 || 0,20 || 0,22 || 105 X 80 X 10 || 55 X 50 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-010 || DECT Safety Belt IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 0,006 || 0,008 || 97 X 60 X 20 || 70 X 45 X 20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-011 || Dect Standard Clip IP61/IP64 || 0,008 || 0,01 || 60 X 25 X 25 || 55 X 23 X 25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-012 || DECT Standard Clip IP62 / IP63 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-016 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP61 / IP62 / IP63 || 0,01 || 0,02 || 245 X 130 X 10 || 300 X 20 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-017 || Dect PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e EU || 0,226 || 0,258 || 130 x 90 x 65 || 96 x 83 x 29&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-018 || DECT PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e UK || 0,230 || 0,266 || 130 x 90 x 62 || 70 x 25 x 45&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-021 || Desktop programmer IP62/IP64/IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 140 X 80 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-023 || Dect Battery Multicharger IP65 || 1,5 || 1,72 || 495x165x125 || 455x150x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-024 || Dect Standard Clip IP65 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-025 || Dect Swivel Clip IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 120x80x10 || 50x55x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-026 || Dect Leathercase IP64 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 150x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-027 || Dect Leathercase IP65 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 145x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-028 || Dect Battery IP65 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-029 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,04 || 185x40x30 || 1000x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-030 || Dect Headset mono IP61 / IP62 / IP63 / IP64 / IP65 || 0,04 || 0,18 || 190x145x70 || 1000x45x25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-032 || Dect Adapter for Headset mono IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 245x130 || 330x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00062-001 || IP62 WLAN phone || 0,14 || 0,19 || 145 X 80 X 40 || 133 X 45 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00073-001 || IP73 WLAN phone || 0,14 || 0,18 || 135 X 55 X 40 || 115 X 75 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00064-004 || IP64 || 0,12 || 0,16 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4,0 || 5,5 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00065-001 || IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4 || 5,2 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-001 || D81 DECT phone || 0,176 || 0,278 || 160 X 70 X 45 || 140 X 55 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-002 || D81 ex. DECT phone || 0,18 || 0,28 || 73 x 163 x 47 || 54 x 140 x 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-003 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/D81 ex. EU || 0,18 || 0,35 || 145 X 117 X 74 || 90 X 105 X 55&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-004 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/I62/D81 ex. UK || 0,31 || 0,40 || 180 X 115 X 70 || 90 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-005 || battery D81 || 0,03 || 0,03 || 120 X 72 X 11 || 72 X 43 X 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-006 || battery D81 ex || 0,02 || 0,06 || 65 x 158 x 45 || 40 x 70 x 12&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-007 || Battery pack opener D81 ex. || 0,004 || 0,008 || 140 X 100 X 6 || 70 X 40 X 6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-009 || D81 belt Clip || 0,02 || 0,02 || 90 x 148 x 30 || 42 x 78 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-010 || D81 Leathercase || 0,08 || 0,088 || 245 X 165 X 60 || 145 X 55 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-001 || IP1202 || 0,40 || 0,51 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-002 || IP1202 (4 Channel) || 0,38 || 0,49 || 185 x 173 x 67 || 162 x 162 x 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-003 || IP1202e || 0,43 || 0,62 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-004 || IP1202e Double directional antenna || 0,15 || 0,32 || 270 X 125 X 45 || 100 X 95 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-005 || IP1202e Single directional antenna || 0,70 || 1,02 || 320 X 145 X 132 || 265 X 140 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-006 || IP1202e Omnidirectional antenna || 0,472 || 0,314 || 440 X 92 X 115 || 1530 X 30 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-007 || IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e Additional housing transparent  || 1,51 || 1,51 || 360 x 254 x 114 || 360 x 254 x 114&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-008 || IP1202 / IP1202e Additional housing with trace heating  || 6,80 || 7,00 || 410 X 225 X 430 || 390 X 205 X 410&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-007 || IP29-20  || 1,66 || 1,82 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 225 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 storage temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated January 2019 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a pallet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !!Articles in pallet !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm &lt;br /&gt;
|-       &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-030&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|134&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-       &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-035&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP241&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|134&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-037&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-038&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-039&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-040&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-069&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP111&lt;br /&gt;
|165&lt;br /&gt;
|188&lt;br /&gt;
|single-use 120 x 80 x 120 (midyear 2020 - 105)&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-072&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP112&lt;br /&gt;
|165&lt;br /&gt;
|188&lt;br /&gt;
|single-use 120 x 80 x 105&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-087&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP101&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|135&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 110&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-088&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP102&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|135&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 110&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Vodafone_test_report.pdf&amp;diff=50469</id>
		<title>File:Vodafone test report.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Vodafone_test_report.pdf&amp;diff=50469"/>
		<updated>2018-08-29T07:20:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=44424</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=44424"/>
		<updated>2016-10-05T15:26:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in g and dimensions of packaging in cm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
 model                                       weight            dimension   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12 V PSU for IP phones                      140g              10,5x3,9x9,6cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12 V PSU with int. Adapter                  140g              11,0x7,0x9,4cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 40 V PSU for IP adapters and gateways       150g              9,0x4,0x8,6cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP0010                                      1.850g            23,5x8,5x23,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP0011                                      1.060g            23,5x8,5x23,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1060                                      1.850g            23,5x8,5x23,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP110                                       730g              22,5x7,0x20,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP111                                       1.070g            26,0x9,5x25,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP112                                       1.070g            26,0x9,5x25,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1130                                      1.280g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1202                                      510g              18,7x7,8x17,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1202 (4 Channel)                          490g              18,5x6,7x17,3cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1202e                                     620g              18,7x7,8x17,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP150                                       2.930g            38,5x20,0x25,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP21                                        1.030g            23,0x8,5x22,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP22                                        1.030g            23,0x8,5x22,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP24                                        1.030g            23,0x8,5x22,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP28                                        1.030g            23,0x8,5x22,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP222                                       1.200g            27,5x9,0x19,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP230-X                                     400g              24,0x7,0x16,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP232                                       1.200g            27,5x9,0x19,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP2X2-X                                     660g              27,5x9,0x19,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP240                                       1.390g            35,5x11,0x24,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP241                                       1.390g            35,5x11,0x24,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP29                                        1.160g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP29-4                                      1.160g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP3010                                      1.650g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP3011                                      1.870g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP302                                       1.030g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP305                                       1.030g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP311                                       1.088g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP38                                        940g              23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP411                                       1.090g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP6010                                      1.870g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP61                                        170g              14,5x4,0x8,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP62                                        190g              14,5x4,0x8,0cm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP63                                        170g              14,5x4,0x8,0cm     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP800                                       1.800g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP800-RACK                                  1.380g            51,0x6,0x19,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP810                                       940g              23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP811                                       1.090g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IPPhone200                                  1.160g            32,0x10,0x22,4cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PoE Adapter Gigabit                         420g              11,6x5,6x2,1cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Ständer für IP110                           130g              14,0x8,6x15,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Standfuß IP2x2-X für einen Beisteller       540g              29,1x11,6x15,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Standfuß IP2x2-X für zwei Beisteller        760g              45,1x11,1x20,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
            &lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated April 2009 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= net weight and dimensions of unpackaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The netto weight/dimensions of the unit itself:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12 V PSU for IP phones                      180g              7,3x2,7x7,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12 V PSU with int. Adapter                  80g               7,7x5,0x3,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 40 V PSU for IP adapters and gateways       130g              9,0x3,0x8,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP0010                                      1610g             21,0x3,0x21,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP0011                                      800g              21,0x3,4x14,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1060                                      1.610g            21,x3,4x21,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP110                                       390g              19,0x5,0x16,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP111                                       500g              21,3x3,7x16,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP112                                       500g              21,3x3,7x16,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1130                                      1.030g            21,0x3,4x14,9cm            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1202                                      400g              17,0x4,0x16,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1202 (4 Channel)                          380g              16,2x3,0x16,2cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1202e                                     430g              17,0x4,0x16,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP150                                       1.900g            27,0x9,5x19,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP21                                        690g              13,5x3,3x21,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP22                                        690g              13,5x3,3x21,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP24                                        690g              13,5x3,3x21,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP28                                        690g              13,5x3,3x21,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP222                                       500g              21,7x3,1x15,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP230-X                                     230g              19,0x5,0x10,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP232                                       500g              21,7x3,1x15,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP2X2-X                                     380g              15,2x3,2x8,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP240                                       810g              27,0x9,8x19,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP241                                       810g              27,0x9,8x19,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP29                                        910g              21,0x3,4x14,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP29-4                                      910g              21,0x3,4x14,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP3010                                      1.610g            21,0x3,3x13,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP3011                                      1.640g            21,0x3,4x21,0cm    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP302                                       690g              21,0x3,3x13,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP305                                       690g              21,0x3,3x13,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP311                                       830g              21,0x3,4x14,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP38                                        690g              21,0x3,7x13,3cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP411                                       830g              21,0x3,4x14,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP6010                                      1.640g            21,0x3,3x21,3cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP61                                        120g              13,3x3,5x5,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP62                                        140g              13,3x3,5x4,5cm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP63                                        130g              13,3x3,5x4,5cm     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP800                                       1.800g            23,5x8,5x22,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP800-RACK                                  1.380g            51,0x6,0x19,5cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP810                                       1.300g            21,0x3,3x21,3cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP811                                       830g              21,0x3,4x14,9cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IPPhone200                                  630g              22,0x8,0x22,0cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PoE Adapter Gigabit                         340g              5,0x3,5x13,8cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Ständer für IP110                           130g              14,0x15,8x8,6cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Standfuß IP2x2-X für einen Beisteller       430g              20,6x4,6x11,6cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Standfuß IP2x2-X für zwei Beisteller        590g              39,0x4,6x11,6cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a palett =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP110        220x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP111        120x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP112        120x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP222 white  172x        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP222 black  172x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP232 white  172x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP232 black  172x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP240         80x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP241         80x&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32131</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32131"/>
		<updated>2014-01-04T11:35:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* More innovaphone Ressources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Message of the day --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0em 1em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== before you try to use this wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 09:42, 20 July 2007 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get access &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Account_Creation|READ THIS FIRST]]&#039;&#039;&#039;, make sure you [[Special:Userlogin|log in]] and have [[Account_Creation|your account authorized]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may then modify most of the articles and even add new ones.  We hope for a rich and useful platform for professional innovaphone users to emerge this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make sure you understand the terms of use, have a quick look at the [[innovaphone-wiki:About | legal stuff]].  But do not waste too much time there!  Instead, rather browse through the information provided.  There are various hopefully useful links in the sidebar on the left.  However, you might as well want to simply search for whatever you are interested in using the search box on the lower left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t find what you are looking for, [mailto:ckl-at-innovaphone-dot-com drop me a message] telling me what&#039;s missing!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- latest news commented out, may be reactivated once there are new really --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; margin-top:15px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0.5em 1em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please insert new message ON TOP and remove extraneous (more than 5) old messages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; ~~~~ is replaced by your name and date automatically &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Latest News ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:The|The]] 10:15, 9 December 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Firmware V10.00 product/10.00/firmware 10095800 (sr 5) available | Version 10 SR 5]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/10.00#firmware the V10 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:The|The]] 10:15, 9 December 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Firmware V9.00 product/9.00/firmware 906133300 (hotfix 31) available | Version 9 Hotfix 31]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00#firmware the V9 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:dde|dde]] 09:56, 09 December 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Linux_Application_Platform_100086_product/10.00/linux_10008600_(sr5)_available | Linux Application Platform V10 100086 sr5]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/10.00#linux V10 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:dde|dde]] 09:56, 09 December 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Innovaphone_Reporting_100086_product/10.00/reporting_10008600_(sr5)_available | innovaphone Reporting V10 100086 sr5]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/10.00#reporting V10 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:dde|dde]] 09:56, 09 December 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Innovaphone_Fax_100086_product/10.00/faxserver_10008600_(sr5)_available | innovaphone Fax V10 100086 sr5]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/10.00#faxserver V10 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:dde|dde]] 09:56, 09 December 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Innovaphone_Exchange_Calendar_Connector_100086_product/10.00/exchange_10008600_(sr5)_available | innovaphone Exchange Calendar Connector V10 100086 sr5]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/10.00#exchange V10 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:dde|dde]] 10:01, 09 December 2013 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Linux_Application_Platform_10387_product/9.00/linux_1038700_(hotfix 26)_available | Linux Application Platform 10387 hotfix 26]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00#linux V9 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:dde|dde]] 10:01, 09 December 2013 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Innovaphone_Reporting_10387_product/9.00/reporting_1038700_(hotfix 26)_available | innovaphone Reporting 10387 hotfix 26]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00#reporting V9 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Inno-mst|Inno-mst]] 13:13, 12 November 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Apps V9.00 (Operator9) product/9.00/apps 9000016 (hotfix9) available | Version 9 Apps Hotfix9(Operator9 hotfix9)]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00#apps the V9 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Afi|Afi]] 11:05, 29 October 2013 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Wirelles_Handset_Firmware_and_Management_Software_100009_available | IP61,IP63 Firmware 4.2.2, IP62 Firmware 5.1.14, WinPDM 3.10.6]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00#wireless the V9 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Inno-tac|Inno-tac]] 13:07, 14 Oktober 2013 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Firmware V8.00 product/8.00/firmware 8082100 (hotfix 35) available | Version 8 Hotfix 35]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/8.00#firmware the V8 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 18:03, 23 August 2013 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:V8 only applications product/8.00/apps 8000042 (hotfix16) available| V8 application package (hotfix) 16]] is now available on the [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/8.00/#apps  V8 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Afi|Afi]] 15:28, 5 April 2013 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new [[Support:Voice Mail, TAPI, SoftwarePhone, Operator, Tools product/6.00/apps 6000047 (final) available | V6 application package ]] is available in the  [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/6.00#apps V6 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Lbu|Lbu]] 10:46, 18 October 2012 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Firmware V7.00 product/7.00/firmware 7061400 (hotfix 40) available | Version 7 Hotfix 40]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/7.00#firmware the V7 download area]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 19:26, 13 January 2012 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:V7 only applications product/7.00/apps 7000036 (hotfix11) available | V7 application package]] is now available on the [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/7.00/#apps  V7 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Teh|teh]] 17:26, 14 November 2011 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:Firmware_V6.00_product/6.00/firmware_609015000_(sr2-hotfix18)_available| Version 6 SR2 Hotfix 18]] is now available from [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/6.00#firmware the V6 download area].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- New Articles --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; margin-top:15px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0.5em 1em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:Newpages/8,namespace=Howto,namespace=Support,namespace=Reference,namespace=Reference7,namespace=Reference8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; margin-top:15px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0.5em 1em; font-size:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== More innovaphone Ressources ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.innovaphone.com Home Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://download.innovaphone.com Download Site ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://mantis.innovaphone.com/ Ticketing System ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://rma.innovaphone.com/ RMA Web Site ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wiki-intern.innovaphone.com/ Internal Wiki ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Support:What are the Roadmap Documents? | Roadmaps ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=28020</id>
		<title>RMA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=28020"/>
		<updated>2012-12-21T10:22:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to the innovaphone device repair procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: RMA, RMAID, RMA-ID, Reparaturen, Garantie, Gewährleistung, Warranty, returned material authorization --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone entertains a repair service for devices acquired from or through innovaphone.  This service is available to innovaphone customers with valid innovaphone account id.  Resellers will usually refer to their distributor, end customers to their reseller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article describes the access to the new RMA web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to have a valid innovaphone account id.  You will find this e.g. on any invoice received from innovaphone.  If you don&#039;t have an account, refer to your reseller or distributor for repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Procedure===&lt;br /&gt;
To have a device repaired (regardless of warranty), you need to request a returned material autorization (RMA).  Devices returned to us without RMA-Id will not be repaired and will returned to you on your expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply for an RMA-ID, you will visit [http://rma.innovaphone.com rma.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the information you need to have at hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* your innovaphone account id&lt;br /&gt;
* the device serial number&lt;br /&gt;
* the detailed defect description&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from an administrational perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from a technical perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* the shipping address for the replacement unit&lt;br /&gt;
* if you have received it from your sales representative, a &#039;&#039;good will id&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, you need to apply for a separate RMA-Id for each individual device.  Bulk submissions with only a single RMA-Id are not accepted.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon submission of your request you will receive the RMA-ID.  This will be used in all communications to your regarding the issue.  The RMA-Id in fact is an issue-ID and you will see all RMA issues in your weekly status overview. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can send the defective device to us right away (previously, we forced you to wait for support to contact you and validate the RMA request.  This is no longer necessary)! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, the defective unit will be repaired. In some cases we will send you a replacement unit. Advance Replacement may be available under special support agreement.  Contact [mailto:inside-sales@innovaphone.com innovaphone representative] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hints===&lt;br /&gt;
You can bookmark the RMA website at any stage, so you can resume it later or avoid typing your standard data (such as account-id etc.) every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have completed data entry for one device, you can click on &#039;Restart&#039; and you will be asked only for the device specific data again for the next device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the device in question does not have a serial number (e.g. a headset), then you leave the serial number field empty and enter the description into the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device Type&#039;&#039;&#039; (not less than four characters) field.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you only want to return part of a device and have it exchanged with a spare part (e.g. a telephone handset), then you would still enter the affected devices serial number into the serial number field and note this in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Detailed defect description&#039;&#039;&#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
To protect the privacy of your account data, you must enter both matching account number &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039; ZIP code.  However, the ZIP code obviously has to match the ZIP code we have in our records.  If this is incorrect for some reasons, this will create a problem.  If the form complains about non-matchig account and ZIP code, please try different format (e.g. no spaces at all) or try to leave out parts of the ZIP (e.g. if your ZIP code is &#039;&#039;&#039;1234 BC&#039;&#039;&#039;, try &#039;&#039;&#039;1234&#039;&#039;&#039; instead).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=28019</id>
		<title>RMA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=28019"/>
		<updated>2012-12-21T10:21:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to the innovaphone device repair procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: RMA, RMAID, RMA-ID, Reparaturen, Garantie, Gewährleistung, Warranty, returned material authorization --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone entertains a repair service for devices acquired from or through innovaphone.  This service is available to innovaphone customers with valid innovaphone account id.  Resellers will usually refer to their distributor, end customers to their reseller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article describes the access to the new RMA web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to have a valid innovaphone account id.  You will find this e.g. on any invoice received from innovaphone.  If you don&#039;t have an account, refer to your reseller or distributor for repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Procedure===&lt;br /&gt;
To have a device repaired (regardless of warranty), you need to request a returned material autorization (RMA).  Devices returned to us without RMA-Id will not be repaired and will returned to you on your expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply for an RMA-ID, you will visit [http://rma.innovaphone.com rma.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the information you need to have at hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* your innovaphone account id&lt;br /&gt;
* the device serial number&lt;br /&gt;
* the detailed defect description&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from an administrational perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from a technical perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* the shipping address for the replacement unit&lt;br /&gt;
* if you have received it from your sales representative, a &#039;&#039;good will id&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, you need to apply for a separate RMA-Id for each individual device.  Bulk submissions with only a single RMA-Id are not accepted.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon submission of your request you will receive the RMA-ID.  This will be used in all communications to your regarding the issue.  The RMA-Id in fact is an issue-ID and you will see all RMA issues in your weekly status overview. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can send the defective device to us right away (previously, we forced you to wait for support to contact you and validate the RMA request.  This is no longer necessary)! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, a replacement unit will be shipped to you as soon as your RMA shipment is received here.  So you will not need to wait for your device to be repaired.  Advance Replacement may be available under special support agreement.  Contact [mailto:inside-sales@innovaphone.com innovaphone representative] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hints===&lt;br /&gt;
You can bookmark the RMA website at any stage, so you can resume it later or avoid typing your standard data (such as account-id etc.) every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have completed data entry for one device, you can click on &#039;Restart&#039; and you will be asked only for the device specific data again for the next device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the device in question does not have a serial number (e.g. a headset), then you leave the serial number field empty and enter the description into the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device Type&#039;&#039;&#039; (not less than four characters) field.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you only want to return part of a device and have it exchanged with a spare part (e.g. a telephone handset), then you would still enter the affected devices serial number into the serial number field and note this in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Detailed defect description&#039;&#039;&#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
To protect the privacy of your account data, you must enter both matching account number &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039; ZIP code.  However, the ZIP code obviously has to match the ZIP code we have in our records.  If this is incorrect for some reasons, this will create a problem.  If the form complains about non-matchig account and ZIP code, please try different format (e.g. no spaces at all) or try to leave out parts of the ZIP (e.g. if your ZIP code is &#039;&#039;&#039;1234 BC&#039;&#039;&#039;, try &#039;&#039;&#039;1234&#039;&#039;&#039; instead).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=22909</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=22909"/>
		<updated>2011-11-09T18:03:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Dimensions an weight of packaged goods */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in g and dimensions of packaging in cm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
 model          weight   dimension       units in one pallet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP0010         1.840    23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP21           1.348 	 22,5x10x32      114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP22           1.026 	 23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP24           1.036    23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP28	        1.284 	 23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP1060         1.870    23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 IP110            705    22,5x7x20,5     220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP150          2.915     50x31x22 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP200          1.158 	 22,5x10x32      114&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 IP222          1.140    20x10x28        172&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 IP230          1.206 	 22,5x10x32      114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP240          1.394 	24x11,5x35,5      80&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 IP241          1.380   24x11,5x35,5      80&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 IP240G         1.394 	24x11,5x35,5      80&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP3010         1.840   23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP302          1.030   23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP305          1.026 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP52            180    9,5x4x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP54            185    9,5x4x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP55            180    9,5x4x23&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 IP56            170    9,5x4x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP72            200    10.5x5x16&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
 IP800          1.815 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP2000         1.920   23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP6000         2.230 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP6010         1.860   23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PSU INT          112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PSUIP200         110   9,5x10,5x4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PSUIP22          150   9x9x3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP230-MOD        392    16,5x24x7,5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 DeskStandIP110   132&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Eth.Cablel1,5m    18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Eth.Cablel3m      34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Eth.Cablel10m    102&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 HeadsetVXImono   190&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 HeadsetVXIdual   238&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Cable3mVXI        58&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated April 2009 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= net weight and dimensions of unpackaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The netto weight/dimensions of the unit itself:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP0010   =          1,57      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP21     =          1,04      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP22     =          0,64      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP24     =          0,72      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP1060   =          1,57      kg   /   23,5 x 8,5 x 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP110    =          0,50      kg   /   21,5 x 7 x 16,5     (depth x height x width)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP200    =          0,78      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP230    =          0,74      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP240    =          0,92      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP241    =          1,03      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP222    =          0,79      kg   /   20 x 10 x 28 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP3010   =          1,54      kg &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP302    =          0,72      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP305    =          0,66      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP52     =          0,16      kg   /   9,5 x 4 x 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP54     =          0,16      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP56     =          0,15      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP72     =          0,18      kg   /   10,5 x 5 x 16 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP800    =          0,98      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP3000   =          3,52      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP6000   =          1,70      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP6010   =          1,56      kg &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP400 = 0,64 kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP10 = 0,54 kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a palett =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP110        220x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP200        114x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP222 white  172x        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP222 black  172x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP230        114x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP232 white  172x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP232 black  172x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP240         80x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP240-1000    80x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP241         80x&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Licenses&amp;diff=20378</id>
		<title>Reference9:Licenses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Licenses&amp;diff=20378"/>
		<updated>2011-03-18T15:52:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* PBX Licenses */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Licenses are used on the innovaphone gateways to enable specific features so that the customers have to pay for features only, which they actually use. There are 3 different types of licenses: For the Gateway (Relay), the PBX and DECT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gateway Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of the number of DSP channels as specified in the license. A DSP channel is needed for each call to a ISDN interface, an analog Interface or a conference interface. If no license is availabe the call is rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;BRIs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of a ISDN Basic Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PRIs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of a ISDN Primary Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Gatekeeper7&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the gatekeeper functionality on version 7,8 and version 9. Which means the gateway VOIP interface type &#039;Gatekeeper/Registrar&#039; is available.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Built in Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the release of version 7 some hardware platforms already come fully equipped with all necessary interface licenses. The units are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP22&lt;br /&gt;
* IP24&lt;br /&gt;
* IP28&lt;br /&gt;
* IP302&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This includes also the required &#039;&#039;Channel&#039;&#039; licenses.  Built-in licenses are not shown in the &#039;&#039;Licenses&#039;&#039; table in [[Reference7:Administration/Gateway/General|&#039;&#039;Gateway / General&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PORT9*20&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Port License. To register endpoints at PBX objects. This SMB version can not be installed at a slave PBX and can only be used for one device/project. Maximum 20 Ports of this SMB version are possible, for more ports normal port licenses must be added.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PORT9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Port License. To register endpoints at PBX objects. Many endpoints can register at one object and only one port license is in use. A port license gets in use when at least one object has a registration. Configuring objects without registration do not need licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobility9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to enable Mobility function for a user object.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;SoftwarePhones9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use a innovaphone software phone (not for the Bria softphone)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Operator9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the innovaphone operator software.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the innovaphone voicemail script. Must be at least the same as the port license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Standby9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to enable Standby operation. Must be at least the same as the port license. With this license a PBX accepts registrations from endpoints not configured for this PBX, which should happen only if the PBX where the endpoint is configured for, is not available. A standby license installed without a port license does not do anything.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;GSM-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use a GSM client of the version n on the GSM phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PBX-QueueMonitor&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the [[Howto:PBX-QueueMonitor |PBX queue monitor ]], one license needed per queue monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PBX-Reporting9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the [[Reference9:Concept Reporting |reporting application]]. For each object that reports are generated for, a license is needed. The reporting license must not be the same size as the port license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Port licenses are used for trunk, executive, gateway ,user and PBX objects (for registering slave and dyn PBXs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Note : If you do any License changing, adding or deleting licenses. The PBX needs an reboot that the license changes become effective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Example Reporting====&lt;br /&gt;
{{FIXME|reason=need to be finished}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Example Mobility====&lt;br /&gt;
A user object requires a Port license if there is at least one registration on it. A user using a mobility object (that is, a forking destination and a mobility object is defined) requires a Mobility license per destination. A forking destination with no mobility object defined require no Mobility license. The mobility client (which is to be installed on the mobile phone) will require a GSM license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So if you create a user object with a VoIP terminal registration and a forking destination with mobility, then you will need 1 Port license and 1 Mobility license. If on the user object there are no registrations but a forking destination with mobility enabled, then it will need 1 Mobility license but no Port license. If there are no registrations and a forking destination without mobility, then no license at all is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The standard configuration (a user object with registrations and a mobility enabled forking destination and a mobile phone with mobile client installed) requires 1 Port plus 1 Mobility plus 1 GSM license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary you also can have more Mobility lics than you have port lics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Floating mechanism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no Port license is installed locally on a slave/standby PBX it obtains automatically all PBX licenses from the master. If this option is used, Port licenses need to be installed for the total number of endpoints in the system on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slaves with locally installed licenses can be mixed with Slaves obtaining their licenses from the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slave/standby stores the received license in flash memory so it can still operate even if the master is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License updates between master and slaves are sent in intervals of approximately 10min to limit the bandwidth usage. Because of this it may happen that temporarily more licenses can be used than actually available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not necessary/possible to buy floating licenses. You can use them without a balance in my.innovaphone.com. There is no license needed at all to use the floating mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licensing for Standby operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a PBX shall operate as standby (either as dedicated standby or as a master being standby for a slave, or as a slave being standby for a master), a standby license with at least the value of the Port license must be available. This Standby license can be obtained from the Master by the use of the Floating mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Examples ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dedicated Standby (Standby/Standby-Slave)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No PBX licenses should be installed on the Standby, to obtain the licenses from the master and a Standby license of the correct size has to be installed on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Master acting as Standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a master should accept registrations which are configured for slaves, in case the slaves are not available a Standby license of at least the size of the Port licenses needs to be installed on this master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Slave acting as Standby for Master&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a slave should accept registrations which are not configured for this slave, in case the master is not available, a standby license of at least the size of the Port license must be available on the slave. If the licenses are obtained from the master by the use of the Floating mechanism the Standby license must be installed on the master, if local licenses are used, the standby license must be installed on the slave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Multicell&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Multicell license enables the Multicell master and defines the System Identification (ARI) on the wireless side, installed on the IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Understanding_the_innovaphone_trouble_ticket_status_page&amp;diff=17552</id>
		<title>Understanding the innovaphone trouble ticket status page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Understanding_the_innovaphone_trouble_ticket_status_page&amp;diff=17552"/>
		<updated>2010-05-17T11:43:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page will give you an overview of all the tickets you have opened with either innovaphone support or presales.  The issues will be ordered by project and status.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone ticket system used for support, presales and [[RMA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Background===&lt;br /&gt;
Customers will create workflows in the innovaphone workflow management system whenever they contact innovaphone 3rd level support and presales or when they request RMA. Such a workflow is a.k.a. &#039;&#039;ticket&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One per week (on fridays currently), each customer having open tickets with us will receive an email with a link to the customers [http://mantis.innovaphone.com/view_customer_bug_page.php?email=max.mustermann@anycorp.com&amp;amp;pass=39388ba9ee890d7062482d5d517791f2&amp;amp;seed=hgfwkaHGvv/5 &#039;&#039;ticket status page&#039;&#039;].  This page will list all open tickets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status page is also available via the &#039;&#039;Support&#039;&#039; link in [https://my.innovaphone.com  my.innovaphone ].  This has the additional advantage that all tickets for your company are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Information available===&lt;br /&gt;
You cannot get at all the communications regarding these issues via this page.  Communication solely takes place via email.  &#039;&#039;If you lost track of an issue or have no clue what it is all about, you are invited to simply send an email (use the &#039;&#039;&#039;ID&#039;&#039;&#039; link for that) to innovaphone&#039;&#039;.  It will be associated to the issues conversation trail and someone will contact you to clarify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns and their meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Close? || Allows to resolve/close an issue (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ID&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The trouble ticket number.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Customer Project&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The name of the project the ticket is associated with (if any).  This is what you have set using the @customer directive. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Summary&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The title of the issue (ususally the subject you provided when reporting the issue) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The current status of this issue (set by innovaphone personel).  The following stati are defined: &lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;assigned&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The ticket is assigned to innovaphone personel and the ball is with us &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;feedback&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Someone requested your feedback regarding this ticket and the ball is with you.  Please respond (using the ID link e.g.) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;resolved&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || We consider this ticket as resolved and it will be closed soon if you do not voice any objections &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;postponed&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The ticket is not being worked on currently (regardless of the priority set)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The status may be accompanied by one of the following states (e.g. &#039;&#039;In Review/assigned&#039;&#039;):&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;In Review&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Issue is being evaluated&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Next Major&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Issue is planned to be resolved with the next major release&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Next Hotfix&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Issue is planned to be resolved with the next hotfix release&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Submitted to PM&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Issue is considered a valuable suggestion and is submitted to product management &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Rejected&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Issue will not be resolved&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that this additional status reflects our current thinking.  &#039;&#039;&#039;In no way it is meant as a commitment on behalf of innovaphone AG!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Changes&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || Number of changes to this issue so far.  This figure is bold if the issue had been touched during the last 36 hours&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Assigned To&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The person currently working on the issue &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Priority&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The following priorities are defined &lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The ticket is being processed regularly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;high&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The ticket is considered more important than the average &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;urgent&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The ticket is one of the next issues taken &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;immediate&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The ticket is being worked on right now&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Date Submitted&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The date the ticket was created &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Updated&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || The most recent date the ticket has been changed&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hints ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that we expect your feedback regarding all the issues marked as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;feedback&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If you do not respond, the ticket will likely be closed soon with no further action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you feel that an &#039;&#039;issue is already resolved&#039;&#039; although it appears in this list, then you are kindly requested to close it using the [[Image:Understanding the innovaphone trouble ticket status page - Resolved.jpg]] or [[Image:Understanding_the_innovaphone_trouble_ticket_status_page_-_Close_Icon.jpg]] icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To submit any information regarding an issue (e.g. providing requested feedback), you may use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ID&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Auto_Greeting&amp;diff=16146</id>
		<title>Howto:Auto Greeting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Auto_Greeting&amp;diff=16146"/>
		<updated>2009-12-23T16:39:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Some people did a lot of phone calls or they receive a lot of them during a day. On top in some company is a rule to answer in a standardized mode to calls or at least it should be done. &lt;br /&gt;
So if you or your customer has to answer a call with “Hello, welcome to mycompany, my name is xyz, how can I help you” or similar maybe this article could be interesting....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the magical innovaphone PBX can do this job for you! Here is how:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to all innovaphone IP-Phone sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: auto greeting autogreeting auto-greeting play--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
You can record your personal greeting announcement which is played automatically when you pick up the receiver. Just listen what the far party says, forget about “Hello, my….”, this will be automatically played. You can also stop the play of the auto-greeting pressing the redial key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To record the greeting just call the auto-greeting number, the actual greeting is played followed by the instruction. If you press any key you will hear a “beep” and can record a new greeting (to stop the recording press just any key again).&lt;br /&gt;
If you want switch of the feature just call the auto-greeting number and press after the “beep” any key twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature works only with innovaphone IP Phone sets. It uses the conference and recording feature, so no voice recording is possible if you active this feature. Conferences can be done but not during the reproduction of the greeting (so no real limitation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Feature uses the compact flash (required). No voice mail license necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
Just copy the contend of this folder  [[Media:PGreet.zip]] in a directory of you CF. Then create a VM object in the PBX and insert in the Path-Field the path to the greed.xml. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now set in the configuration of the IP-Phone the recording feature in mode “optional” and set in the number the one of the VM-object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done, no additional setup is required!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15592</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15592"/>
		<updated>2009-11-06T08:00:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Add warranty extension licenses */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least one year in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for three months, as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will have to pay the normal price for 28 months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right,&lt;br /&gt;
  not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once):&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check device warranty=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the device warranty of a device, which does not belong to your company. Simply enter the MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked whether the device is used as slave and if not, which version you want to test and how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface&lt;br /&gt;
  of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list all your devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15588</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15588"/>
		<updated>2009-11-05T20:41:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Invalidation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least one year in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for three months, as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will have to pay the normal price for 28 months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right,&lt;br /&gt;
  not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once):&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check device warranty=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the device warranty of a device, which does not belong to your company. Simply enter the MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension within three months after the shipment of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for maximum four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked whether the device is used as slave and if not, which version you want to test and how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface&lt;br /&gt;
  of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list all your devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15587</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15587"/>
		<updated>2009-11-05T20:41:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Add licenses from balance */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least one year in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for three months, as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will have to pay the normal price for 28 months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right,&lt;br /&gt;
  not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once):&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check device warranty=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the device warranty of a device, which does not belong to your company. Simply enter the MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension within three months after the shipment of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for maximum four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked whether the device is used as slave and if not, which version you want to test and how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list all your devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15586</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15586"/>
		<updated>2009-11-05T20:39:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Rights */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least one year in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for three months, as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will have to pay the normal price for 28 months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right,&lt;br /&gt;
  not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once):&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check device warranty=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the device warranty of a device, which does not belong to your company. Simply enter the MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step tow]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension within three months after the shipment of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for maximum four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked whether the device is used as slave and if not, which version you want to test and how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list all your devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15585</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=15585"/>
		<updated>2009-11-05T20:36:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* First steps */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least one year in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for three months, as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will have to pay the normal price for 28 months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right, not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once):&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check device warranty=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the device warranty of a device, which does not belong to your company. Simply enter the MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step tow]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension within three months after the shipment of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for maximum four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked whether the device is used as slave and if not, which version you want to test and how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list all your devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=15146</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=15146"/>
		<updated>2009-10-05T10:24:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in g and dimensions in cm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
 model   unit   dimension&lt;br /&gt;
 IP21   1.348 	22,5x10x32&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP22   1.026 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP24   1.036      23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP28	1.284 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP110   705  22,5x7x20,5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP200   1.158 	22,5x10x32&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP230   1.206 	22,5x10x32&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP240   1.394 	24x11,5x35,5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP240G  1.394 	24x11,5x35,5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP302   1.030  23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP305   1.026 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP800   1.815 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP2000  1.920  23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP6000  2.230 	23,5x8,5x23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PSU INT  188&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PSUIP200  110&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 PSUIP22  150&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 IP23/23Beisellmodul     392g    16,5x24x7,5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated April 2009 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= net weight and dimensions of unpackaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The netto weight/dimensions of the unit itself:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP21     =          1,04      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP22     =          0,64      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP24     =          0,72      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP110    =          0,50      kg   /   21,5 x 7 x 16,5     (depth x height x width)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP200    =          0,78      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP230    =          0,74      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP240    =         0,92       kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP302    =          0,72      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP305    =          0,66      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP800    =          0,98      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP3000  =          3,52      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP6000  =          1,70      kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP400 = 0,64 kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP10 = 0,54 kg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a palett =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP110        220x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP200        114x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP230        114x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP240         80x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP240-1000    80x&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=12575</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=12575"/>
		<updated>2008-11-21T13:21:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Latest News */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Message of the day --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0em 1em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== before you try to use this wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 09:42, 20 July 2007 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get access &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Account_Creation|READ THIS FIRST]]&#039;&#039;&#039;, make sure you [[Special:Userlogin|log in]] and have [[Account_Creation|your account authorized]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may then modify most of the articles and even add new ones.  We hope for a rich and useful platform for professional innovaphone users to emerge this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make sure you understand the terms of use, have a quick look at the [[inno-wiki:About | legal stuff]].  But do not waste too much time there!  Instead, rather browse through the information provided.  There are various hopefully useful links in the sidebar on the left.  However, you might as well want to simply search for whatever you are interested in using the search box on the lower left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t find what you are looking for, [[mailto:ckl-at-innovaphone-dot-com drop me a message]] telling me what&#039;s missing!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- latest news commented out, may be reactivated once there are new really --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; margin-top:15px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0.5em 1em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Latest News ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please insert new message ON TOP and remove extraneous (more than 5) old messages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; ~~~~ is replaced by your name and date automatically &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Tsr|tsr]] 14:18, 21 November2008 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We offer now a [http://www.innovaphone.com/index.php?id=259&amp;amp;L=0  Webinar] service for everybody who wants to know all about the V7 News - free of charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 17:48, 3 November 2008 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Version 7 Firmware [[Support:Firmware V7.00 product/7.00/firmware 08-703000002 (final) available|has been released today]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 13:23, 31 October 2008 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6.00 sr2-hotfix10 is [[Support:Firmware V6.00 product/6.00/firmware 08-609010203 (sr2-hotfix10) available|available on the downloadpage now]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 23:23, 29 October 2008 (CET)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is outstanding innovaphone expertise out there and some of these gurus [[Howto:Control_Call_Forward_status_from_internal_and_external_phone|share their wisdom]] with us.  Thanks to Ole Østmo of [http://www.vcom.as/ vcom.as] for this great article!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[User:Ckl|ckl]] 14:12, 15 September 2008 (CEST)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- New Articles --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; margin-top:15px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0.5em 1em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:Newpages/8,namespace=Howto,namespace=Support,namespace=Reference,namespace=Reference7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0px; margin-right:10px; margin-top:15px; border:1px solid #58C4C3; background-color:#F4F4F4; padding:0em 1em 0.5em 1em; font-size:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== More innovaphone Ressources ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.innovaphone.com Home Page]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://download.innovaphone.com Download Site ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://license.innovaphone.com New License Manager ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://mantis.innovaphone.com/ Ticketing System ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://rma.innovaphone.com/ RMA Web Site ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wiki-intern.innovaphone.com/ Internal Wiki ]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference7:Licenses&amp;diff=12520</id>
		<title>Reference7:Licenses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference7:Licenses&amp;diff=12520"/>
		<updated>2008-11-18T16:29:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Gateway Licenses */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Licenses are used on the innovaphone gateways to enable specific features so that the customers have to pay for features only, which they actually use. There are 3 different types of licenses: For the Gateway (Relay), the PBX and DECT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gateway Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of the number of DSP channels as specified in the license. A DSP channel is needed for each call to a ISDN interface, an analog Interface or a conference interface. If no license is availabe the call is rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;BRIs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of a ISDN Basic Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PRIs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of a ISDN Primary Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Gatekeeper7&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the Gatekeeper functionality on Version 7. Which means the Gateway VOIP interface type &#039;Gatekeeper/Registrar&#039; is available.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Built in Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the release of Version 7 some Hardware Platforms already come fully equipped with all necessary interface licenses. The units are:&lt;br /&gt;
* IP22&lt;br /&gt;
* IP24&lt;br /&gt;
* IP28&lt;br /&gt;
* IP302&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PBX7#n&amp;lt;@m&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base License. &#039;n&#039; defines the total number of registrations allowed on the PBX. With @m another Base license with a limit of m can be upgraded to n.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Registrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of endpoints which can be registered at the PBX. A gateway or phone with multiple registrations count as multiple endpoints. For regitrations which happen because of a failover situation no such license is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;SoftwarePhones&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use an innovaphone Software Phone.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Operators&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the innovaphone operator software.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail#n&amp;lt;@m&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the innovaphone voicemail script. &#039;n&#039; must be at least the same as the PBX Base license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Standby#n&amp;lt;@m&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to enable Standby operation. &#039;n&#039; must be at least the same as the PBX Base license. With this license a PBX accepts Registrations from endpoints not configured for this PBX, which should happen only if the PBX where the endpoint is configured for, is not available. A Standby license installed without a Base license does not do anything.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Floating License ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a special Base license (PBX7#0) a slave/standby PBX is enabled to obtain all licenses from the master. If this option is used on the master Base and Registration licenses need to be installed for the total number of endpoints in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slaves with locally installed licenses can be mixed with Slaves obtaining their licenses from the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slave/standby stores the received license in flash memory so it can still operate even if the master is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License updates between master and slaves are sent in intervals of approximatly 10min to limit the bandwidth usage. Because of this it may happen that temporarily more licenses can be used then actually available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licensing for Standby operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a PBX shall operate as standby (either as dedicated standby or as a master being standby for a slave, or as a slave being standby for a master), a standby license with at least the value of the PBX Base license must be available. This Standby license can be obtained from the Master by the use of a Floating License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Examples ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dedicated Standby (Standby/Standby-Slave)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Floating License should be installed on the Standby to obtain the licenses from the master and a Standby license of the correct size has to be installed on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Master acting as Standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a master should accept registrations which are configured for slaves, in case the slaves are not available a Standby license of at least the Base license needs to be installed on this master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Slave acting as Standby for Master&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a slave should accept registrations which are not configured for this slave, in case the master is not available, a standby license of at least the size of the Base license must be available on the slave. If the licenses are obtained from the master by the use of a Floating License the Standby license must be installed on the master, if local licenses are used, the standby license must be installed on the slave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OEM Licenses ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PBX OEM License is a license which allows only endpoints to be registered at the PBX with a product Id indicating the OEM. An OEM license has the format Registrations.&amp;lt;OEM&amp;gt;=n. &amp;lt;OEM&amp;gt; indicates the beginning of the product id sent to the PBX when the endpoints register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Standby/Redundancy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The standby license is included in the OEM license. For a standby configuration it may be necessary to register interfaces from standby gateways at the PBX. For this purpose a license which allows 20 registrations from gateways of the same type is added also. This license does not support a configuration in which as standby a different gateway is used (e.g. IP302 as standby for IP800 is NOT supported).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Voicemail ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Voicemail license cannot be used together with the OEM license&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Upgrade to full license ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the upgrade to a full innovaphone PBX license a basic license for the full number of endpoints has to be installed. Registration licenses are only needed for the other endpoints.  (E.g. if 90 OEM endpoints and 10 other endpoints shall be used a basic license of 100 and a Registration license of 10 is needed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Multicell&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Multicell license enables the Multicell master and defines the System Identification (ARI) on the wireless side.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=12414</id>
		<title>Reference:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=12414"/>
		<updated>2008-11-06T16:16:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Uploading the Activation Key: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exceeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available in version 6 &#039;&#039;&#039;(for V7 license information, please refer to [[Reference7:Licenses]])&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=12361</id>
		<title>Reference:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=12361"/>
		<updated>2008-11-03T12:15:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exceeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available in version 6 &#039;&#039;&#039;(for V7 license information, please refer to [[Reference7:Licenses]])&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=12360</id>
		<title>Reference:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=12360"/>
		<updated>2008-11-03T12:14:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exceeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available in version 6 (vor V7 license information, please refer to [[Reference7:Licenses]]:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=9463</id>
		<title>Howto:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=9463"/>
		<updated>2008-05-06T14:59:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: Redirecting to Reference:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Reference:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Administration/Diagnostics/Events/0x00050002&amp;diff=9011</id>
		<title>Reference:Administration/Diagnostics/Events/0x00050002</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Administration/Diagnostics/Events/0x00050002&amp;diff=9011"/>
		<updated>2008-04-03T17:12:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;RTP: Excessive Loss of Data&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This event is generated if in a period of 10s more than 3 RTP packets were lost.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference_talk:Update_Server&amp;diff=8231</id>
		<title>Reference talk:Update Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference_talk:Update_Server&amp;diff=8231"/>
		<updated>2008-02-13T10:01:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Das Kommando &amp;quot;mod cmd UP0 cfg&amp;quot; ist nicht aufgeführt. Ist das so gedacht?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bootcode-Activation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In diesem Artikel fehlt auch die Dokumentation zur Aktivierung eines neuen Bootcodes. Siehe auch Mantis 14406.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:RMA&amp;diff=7995</id>
		<title>Howto:RMA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:RMA&amp;diff=7995"/>
		<updated>2008-01-25T17:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: Howto:RMA moved to RMA&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[RMA]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=7994</id>
		<title>RMA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=7994"/>
		<updated>2008-01-25T17:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: Howto:RMA moved to RMA&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to the innovaphone device repair procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The web site mentioned below is currently in beta.  You are nevertheless encouraged to use it for real RMA as it saves time on both ends.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: RMA, RMAID, RMA-ID, Reparaturen, Garantie, Gewährleistung, Warranty, returned material authorization --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone entertains a repair service for devices acquired from or through innovaphone.  This service is available to innovaphone customers with valid innovaphone account id.  Resellers will usually refer to their distributor, end customers to their reseller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article describes the access to the new RMA web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to have a valid innovaphone account id.  You will find this e.g. on any invoice received from innovaphone.  If you don&#039;t have an account, refer to your reseller or distributor for repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Procedure===&lt;br /&gt;
To have a device repaired (regardless of warranty), you need to request a returned material autorization (RMA).  Devices returned to us without RMA-Id will not be repaired and will returned to you on your expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply for an RMA-ID, you will visit [http://rma.innovaphone.com rma.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the information you need to have at hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* your innovaphone account id&lt;br /&gt;
* the device serial number&lt;br /&gt;
* the detailed defect description&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from an administrational perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from a technical perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* the shipping address for the replacement unit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to apply for a separate RMA-Id for each individual device.  Bulk submission with only a single RMA-Id are not accepted.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon submission of your request you will receive the RMA-ID.  This will be used in all communications to your regarding the issue.  The RMA-Id in fact is an issue-ID and you will see all RMA issues in your weekly status overview. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be contacted by innovaphone personal regarding the issue (either by email or by phone).  This is to avoid unnecessary shipments in case the device can be recovered remotely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only when it is determined that the device has to be repaired you may sent it to innovaphone, along with its RMA-Id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, a replacement unit will be shipped to you as soon as your RMA shipment is received here.  So you will not need to wait for your device to be repaired.  Advance Replacement may be available under special support agreement.  Contact [mailto:info@innovaphone.com innovaphone representative] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hints===&lt;br /&gt;
You can bookmark the RMA website at any stage, so you can resume it later or avoid typing your standard data (such as account-id etc.) every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have completed data entry for one device, you can click on &#039;Restart&#039; and you will be asked only for the device specific data again for the next device.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:SAMwin.CBC_-_Telecommunication_Software_GmbH_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=5669</id>
		<title>Howto:SAMwin.CBC - Telecommunication Software GmbH - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:SAMwin.CBC_-_Telecommunication_Software_GmbH_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=5669"/>
		<updated>2007-08-15T11:41:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Contact */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Howto_SAMwin.CBC_4.1.4.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* [[Image:Template-COMPAT_01.gif|right]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product name==&lt;br /&gt;
SAMwin.CBC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
Certification in Progress&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
Vermittlungsplatz, Operator Console&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
Short summary of the most famous features:&lt;br /&gt;
*Busy lamp field&lt;br /&gt;
*comprehensive queue management&lt;br /&gt;
*Call park function&lt;br /&gt;
*preference queuing&lt;br /&gt;
*music on hold&lt;br /&gt;
*automatic and individual night mode&lt;br /&gt;
*malicious call recording&lt;br /&gt;
*unified communications (SMS, Email - integration)&lt;br /&gt;
*MS Outlook integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.telecomsoftware.com/ telecommunication software gmbh]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
SAMwin.CBC is a state-of-the-art computer-based console. The entire solution uses SIP for all queuing and transfer operations. In addition to typical operator functions, SAMwin provides individual queue management that can be configured according to different criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product comes with a bundle of outstanding features like automatic operator greeting, malicious call recording, busy lamp field, LDAP synchronization, presence information and much more. SAMwin.CBC 4.1 is ergonomic and has been designed in such a way as to facilitate the use of all the functions, which are used on a regular basis. Using the mouse has become more or less redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Competitive Analysis==&lt;br /&gt;
==Pricing==&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
telecommunication software gmbh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabenweg 64&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6020 Innsbruck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tel: +43 512 9390&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fax: +43 512 9390 333&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mail: office@telecomsoftware.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web: [http://www.SAMwin.de www.SAMwin.de] / [http://www.SAMwin.net www.SAMwin.net]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.telecomsoftware.com/samwin/products_CBC_dt.htm Vendor Product Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Main_Page|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compat|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4902</id>
		<title>Reference:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4902"/>
		<updated>2007-06-21T07:31:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exceeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:AlwinPro_4.x_Highlights.pdf&amp;diff=4898</id>
		<title>File:AlwinPro 4.x Highlights.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:AlwinPro_4.x_Highlights.pdf&amp;diff=4898"/>
		<updated>2007-06-20T16:21:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_do_I_get_my_innovaphone_box_working_with_a_Meridian_Succession_Gatekeeper_vers_3.0&amp;diff=4897</id>
		<title>Howto:How do I get my innovaphone box working with a Meridian Succession Gatekeeper vers 3.0</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_do_I_get_my_innovaphone_box_working_with_a_Meridian_Succession_Gatekeeper_vers_3.0&amp;diff=4897"/>
		<updated>2007-06-20T16:10:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: New page: ==Applies To== This information applies to  * all innovaphone Gateways  ==More Information== we have seen successful interop with the Meridian Succession Gatekeeper vers 3.0 when faststart...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* all innovaphone Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
we have seen successful interop with the Meridian Succession Gatekeeper vers 3.0 when faststart is disabled (check option &amp;quot;disable faststart&amp;quot; in the GWxx options). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Main_Page|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4893</id>
		<title>Howto:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4893"/>
		<updated>2007-06-20T14:50:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exceeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4891</id>
		<title>Howto:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4891"/>
		<updated>2007-06-20T14:50:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exeeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4890</id>
		<title>Howto:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4890"/>
		<updated>2007-06-20T14:49:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a &amp;quot;per box&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per already registered licenses&amp;quot; basis. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exeeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4889</id>
		<title>Howto:How to create licenses for innovaphone products in version 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_create_licenses_for_innovaphone_products_in_version_6&amp;diff=4889"/>
		<updated>2007-06-20T14:45:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Creating licenses: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With Version 5 Firmware the units you have received have been pre-licensed and you could obtain all purchased licenses by simply entering the MAC Address. Version 6 now has a completely different licensing model and thus the method of licensing has changed significantly. The units are not pre-licensed anymore. Instead of the pre-licensing, you receive an activation key, which contains all purchased licenses at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build 06-60400.02 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Activation Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With shipment you receive an Activation Key which is a code consisting of an alpha-numeric code. This Activation Key comes in form of a License Key Certificate as well as the code printed on the shipping papers. The License Key Certificate contains the following information and looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses: 	lists all licenses included in the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
License Key:	this is the actual Activation key&lt;br /&gt;
Order:		innovaphone Order number&lt;br /&gt;
Reference:	Customers order number&lt;br /&gt;
Customer:	Name of the Customer who purchased the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Scanner, you can scan the Activation Key as well.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_license_key_certificate.jpg|frame|none|The license certificate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Activation Key:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the License Manager either by following the link from the innovaphone Homepage, or by directly using http://license.innovaphone.com/license/login.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your login name and password you see the following screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_1.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type in the activation key received with the License Key certificate and press “add”. If the activation key has been entered correctly the screen changes and you will be shown the activation key plus it’s contents and will be asked to confirm the upload of the activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards the system again shows the number of activations, which have been in the activation key and as well your actual balance of licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By pressing “Menu” you will return to the screen above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can start licensing the Products. To do this please enter the MAC Address of the unit plus the checksum (That’s the field in brackets) The MAC Address can be found on the sticker on the bottom of each innovaphone Product – newer products do have the checksum printed there as well but usually you see the checksum by accessing the unit via WEB Browser. The Checksum so far is optional. It is just an added safety feature to make sure the MAC Address is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering the MAC Address, please press “License”. Now the following Screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_2.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have the possibility to assign all licenses to the unit at one time. Aside the Information about End customer and Location you have 2 fields to enter optional comments . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that only the maximum possible amount of licenses and license types will appear on a per box and per already registered licenses. This feature will ensure that wrong licensing or exeeding the maximum amount of licenses will not be possible anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following licenses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Relay Gatekeeper: 	&lt;br /&gt;
|That is the Gatekeeper functionality &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:		&lt;br /&gt;
|not applicable for V6 (used to be the Gatekeeper function in V5)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Channels:		&lt;br /&gt;
|DSP Channels (necessary for each call from PBX to an non-IP Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIs:			|| ISDN Basic Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PRIs:			|| ISDN Primary Rate interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ABs:			|| Analogue interface license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base:		|| PBX6#15 (15 Registration Basic License)(Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX6#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations) (Example for the general Syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Voicemail:             || PBX-Voicemail#15 (15 Registration Basic License)&lt;br /&gt;
PBX-Voicemail#30@15 (Basic Upgrade License from 15 to 30 registrations)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Registrations:	        || Number of PBX Registrations you want to upload. (please note that the number must not be higher than &lt;br /&gt;
the size of the Basic License, as the PBX will not allow more registrations than that, regardless of the &lt;br /&gt;
number of registrations licensed!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Operators:	        || PBX-Operator license&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Softphones:	        || PBX-SoftwarePhone License&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| DECT Multicell:	|| DECT Multicell License (Max. Count 1 – has to be uploaded to the Master IP1200 in a Multi Cell Environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you have controlled your licensing and information, please press “Assign”. The amount of licenses will be shown again and you will be asked to confirm the decision. After confirming, the license can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be careful when you license your unit! Licenses cannot be changed once the license has been created and downloaded!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced functions of the License Manager: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have the following options here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change Password: 				possibility to change your initially selected password&lt;br /&gt;
Create activation key for another user:		this option gives you the possibility to pass licenses to resellers or End users. The strategy is the same as with licensing. You simply select the amount of licenses you want to give away, press “assign” and copy and paste the created activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
View activations:		Lists all activations ever uploaded to the account&lt;br /&gt;
View Balance:		Gives you an overview of the availability of licenses in your account as well as the total number uploaded and the number of already used licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
View licenses:	Shows all licenses created and gives further options&lt;br /&gt;
View transfer activation Key:	Shows all the Activation Keys you have created including the information if they are already assigned and by whom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Licenses: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select that option, the following screen appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:howto_LM_3.png|frame|none|The license Manager Interface 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enduser field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an option, where you can add the email address of your end customer. Please note: The email Address must be a       valid innovaphone License manager account! By adding an email address here, the account that belongs to the email address entered now sees this license and is able to download it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action field: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can do several things with the existing license:&lt;br /&gt;
-       download the license file&lt;br /&gt;
-	add licenses to this unit&lt;br /&gt;
-	add a comment.&lt;br /&gt;
-	Move the licenses to a different unit.&lt;br /&gt;
Status: shows the actual status the hardware is in. The following states are implemented so far: &lt;br /&gt;
-	OK (standard)&lt;br /&gt;
-	RMA (Unit has been sent in to be repaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Function MOVE: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This functionality has to be enabled by innovaphone and a contract has to be made between the 2 companies. &#039;&#039;Please note: If the unit, the licenses of which have been moved, is not returned to innovaphone within four weeks after the moving, the licenses moved will be considered purchased and invoiced by innovaphone.&#039;&#039; To move a license, simply click on “move” and enter the MAC Address of the new unit and press “Move”. You will have to confirm. After the confirmation, the license is moved. The new license shows the information “copy of xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx”. The original MAC Address will show “moved to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Status RMA: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After returning a unit for repair, the MAC Address will be changed automatically to “01-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) and the status will change to RMA. That way you can monitor sent in units at any time. Behind the MAC Address of the sent in unit appears the following text: “Assign to new macaddress“ and the status changes to “RMA”. After receiving the replacement unit, you can simply move the licenses to the MAC Address of the replacement unit, by clicking on this text and entering the MAC Address of the unit received as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional information: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groups:	The new version of the license manager includes the function to build groups. Groups can combine all License manager accounts of the same company within one group. That means that all members can see all licenses, download them and have access to the Balance of the group. Groups have to be set up by innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAC Address check:	it is not possible anymore to assign licenses to “wrong” Mac Addresses. The license manager checks the logic of the MAC Address (00-90-33-xx-xx-xx) and the spelling (xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). All other dictions will be rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in licensing:	innovaphone does not delete licenses or refund wrongly assigned licenses except impossible licenses. Impossible licenses for example are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Analogue interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- BRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PRI interfaces on a unit that does not support them&lt;br /&gt;
- PBX Basic license on a unit that does not support the PBX functionality&lt;br /&gt;
- Double PBX Basic licenses of the same size on the same unit&lt;br /&gt;
- Double Voicemail licenses of the same size on the same unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:List_of_wildcards&amp;diff=4753</id>
		<title>Howto:List of wildcards</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:List_of_wildcards&amp;diff=4753"/>
		<updated>2007-06-06T10:41:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;.    - stands for a digit , for that will be waited&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
!     - stands for any lots of digits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
?     - stands for any digit without waiting (needed for enum, see also &amp;quot;how to use enum&amp;quot;) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Main_Page|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4746</id>
		<title>Howto:IXI-UMS sometimes delivers faxes as voicemails</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4746"/>
		<updated>2007-06-06T09:56:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Related Articles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IXI-UMS (innovaphone edition) with VOIP-CAPI or XCAPI up to Kernel version 5.51 (newer versions are available but not tested yet - we will test them asap and let you know if there are any changes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes faxes are received as voicemails by IXI-UMS where you only hear the &amp;quot;beep&amp;quot; of the caller. This is mainly because of a timing problem. Some older faxes (analog faxes) do wait until the called party sends the fax tone and then sends it&#039;s fax tone itself. IXI waits for the calling party to send the fax tone for the first few seconds - when it the sends the tone, the callong fax answers but will be rejected, because the tone came to late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an easy possibility to overcome this issue: Simply go into the IXI Kernel Configuration, then again IXI-UMS Kernel Configuration, then &amp;quot;DDI Mapping&amp;quot; - there press &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; and type in the extension which should receive faxes only and select &amp;quot;fax&amp;quot; as service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a good way to receive all faxes, but has the drawback that now a combined number for Voicemail and Fax is not possible anymore! (So you better use that &amp;quot;hack&amp;quot; only if you have a global fax box, which you want to make sure will receive faxes sent to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:IXI-UMS_Unified_Messaging_Server_(Full_Version)|IXI-UMS (Full Version)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Requirements_for_a_Server_to_install_and_run_IXI_UMS | IXI-UMS Server Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Problem|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4742</id>
		<title>Howto:IXI-UMS sometimes delivers faxes as voicemails</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4742"/>
		<updated>2007-06-06T09:52:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IXI-UMS (innovaphone edition) with VOIP-CAPI or XCAPI up to Kernel version 5.51 (newer versions are available but not tested yet - we will test them asap and let you know if there are any changes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes faxes are received as voicemails by IXI-UMS where you only hear the &amp;quot;beep&amp;quot; of the caller. This is mainly because of a timing problem. Some older faxes (analog faxes) do wait until the called party sends the fax tone and then sends it&#039;s fax tone itself. IXI waits for the calling party to send the fax tone for the first few seconds - when it the sends the tone, the callong fax answers but will be rejected, because the tone came to late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an easy possibility to overcome this issue: Simply go into the IXI Kernel Configuration, then again IXI-UMS Kernel Configuration, then &amp;quot;DDI Mapping&amp;quot; - there press &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; and type in the extension which should receive faxes only and select &amp;quot;fax&amp;quot; as service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a good way to receive all faxes, but has the drawback that now a combined number for Voicemail and Fax is not possible anymore! (So you better use that &amp;quot;hack&amp;quot; only if you have a global fax box, which you want to make sure will receive faxes sent to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:IXI-UMS_Unified_Messaging_Server_(Full_Version)|IXI-UMS (Full Version)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Requirements_for_a_Server_to_install_and_run_IXI_UMS | IXI-UMS Server Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4741</id>
		<title>Howto:IXI-UMS sometimes delivers faxes as voicemails</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4741"/>
		<updated>2007-06-06T09:52:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IXI-UMS (innovaphone edition) with VOIP-CAPI or XCAPI up to Kernel version 5.51 (newer versions are available but not tested yet - we will test them asap and let you know if there are any changes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes faxes are received as voicemails by IXI-UMS where you only hear the &amp;quot;beep&amp;quot; of the caller. This is mainly because of a timing problem. Some older faxes (analog faxes) do wait until the called party sends the fax tone and then sends it&#039;s fax tone itself. IXI waits for the calling party to send the fax tone for the first few seconds - when it the sends the tone, the callong fax answers but will be rejected, because the tone came to late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an easy possibility to overcome this issue: Simply go into the IXI Kernel Configuration, then again IXI-UMS Kernel Configuration, then &amp;quot;DDI Mapping&amp;quot; - there press &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; and type in the extension which should receive faxes only and select &amp;quot;fax&amp;quot; as service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a good way to receive all faxes, but has the drawback that now a combined number for Voicemail and Fax is not possible anymore! (So you better use that &amp;quot;hack&amp;quot; only if you have a global fax box, which you want to make sure will receive faxes sent to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:IXI-UMS_Unified_Messaging_Server_(Full_Version)|IXI-UMS (Full Version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Requirements_for_a_Server_to_install_and_run_IXI_UMS | IXI-UMS Server Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4728</id>
		<title>Howto:IXI-UMS sometimes delivers faxes as voicemails</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4728"/>
		<updated>2007-06-05T11:43:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Related Articles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IXI-UMS (innovaphone edition) with VOIP-CAPI or XCAPI up to Kernel version 5.51 (newer versions are available but not tested yet - we will test them asap and let you know if there are any changes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes faxes are received as voicemails by IXI-UMS where you only hear the &amp;quot;beep&amp;quot; of the caller. This is mainly because of a timing problem. Some older faxes (analog faxes) do wait until the called party sends the fax tone and then sends it&#039;s fax tone itself. IXI waits for the calling party to send the fax tone for the first few seconds - when it the sends the tone, the callong fax answers but will be rejected, because the tone came to late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an easy possibility to overcome this issue: Simply go into the IXI Kernel Configuration, then again IXI-UMS Kernel Configuration, then &amp;quot;DDI Mapping&amp;quot; - there press &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; and type in the extension which should receive faxes only and select &amp;quot;fax&amp;quot; as service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a good way to receive all faxes, but has the drawback that now a combined number for Voicemail and Fax is not possible anymore! (So you better use that &amp;quot;hack&amp;quot; only if you have a global fax box, which you want to make sure will receive faxes sent to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Howto:IXI-UMS_Unified_Messaging_Server_(Full_Version)|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4727</id>
		<title>Howto:IXI-UMS sometimes delivers faxes as voicemails</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IXI-UMS_sometimes_delivers_faxes_as_voicemails&amp;diff=4727"/>
		<updated>2007-06-05T11:42:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dm: /* Related Articles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IXI-UMS (innovaphone edition) with VOIP-CAPI or XCAPI up to Kernel version 5.51 (newer versions are available but not tested yet - we will test them asap and let you know if there are any changes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes faxes are received as voicemails by IXI-UMS where you only hear the &amp;quot;beep&amp;quot; of the caller. This is mainly because of a timing problem. Some older faxes (analog faxes) do wait until the called party sends the fax tone and then sends it&#039;s fax tone itself. IXI waits for the calling party to send the fax tone for the first few seconds - when it the sends the tone, the callong fax answers but will be rejected, because the tone came to late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an easy possibility to overcome this issue: Simply go into the IXI Kernel Configuration, then again IXI-UMS Kernel Configuration, then &amp;quot;DDI Mapping&amp;quot; - there press &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; and type in the extension which should receive faxes only and select &amp;quot;fax&amp;quot; as service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a good way to receive all faxes, but has the drawback that now a combined number for Voicemail and Fax is not possible anymore! (So you better use that &amp;quot;hack&amp;quot; only if you have a global fax box, which you want to make sure will receive faxes sent to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Howto:IXI-UMS_Unified_Messaging_Server_%28Full_Version%29|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dm</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>